1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
21 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
29 #include "blockinput.h"
30 #include "syssignal.h"
32 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
33 if this is not done before the other system files. */
35 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
37 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
38 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
40 #include <sys/types.h>
43 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
50 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
51 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
54 #include "character.h"
57 #include "dispextern.h"
59 #include "termhooks.h"
62 #include "emacs-icon.h"
67 #include "intervals.h"
72 #include "xsettings.h"
74 #include "sysselect.h"
77 #include <X11/Shell.h>
85 #include <X11/Xproto.h>
90 #include "../lwlib/xlwmenu.h"
94 #if !defined (NO_EDITRES)
96 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages (Widget
, XtPointer
, XEvent
*, Boolean
*);
97 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
99 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
101 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
102 #if defined USE_MOTIF
103 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
104 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
105 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
108 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
109 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
110 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
111 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
112 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
113 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
114 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
116 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
117 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
118 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
119 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
121 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
125 #ifndef XtNinitialState
126 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
130 #include "bitmaps/gray.xbm"
133 #include <X11/XKBlib.h>
136 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
140 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
145 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
148 static bool any_help_event_p
;
150 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
151 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
153 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
156 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
158 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
159 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
160 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
161 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
163 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
165 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
167 static struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
169 /* This is a frame waiting for an event matching mask, within XTread_socket. */
174 } pending_event_wait
;
177 /* The application context for Xt use. */
178 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
179 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
181 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
183 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
184 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
186 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
187 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
188 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
190 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
194 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
195 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
196 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
197 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
199 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
201 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
202 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
203 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
204 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
205 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
206 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
207 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
208 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
209 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
212 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
214 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
215 static struct frame
*last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
217 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
219 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
220 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
223 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
224 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
227 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
229 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
230 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
231 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
232 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
233 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
234 it's somewhat accurate. */
236 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
238 /* Time for last user interaction as returned in X events. */
240 static Time last_user_time
;
242 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
245 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
247 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
249 static int x_noop_count
;
251 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
253 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
254 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
257 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
258 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
260 /* Used in gtkutil.c. */
261 Lisp_Object Qx_gtk_map_stock
;
264 /* Some functions take this as char *, not const char *. */
265 static char emacs_class
[] = EMACS_CLASS
;
269 XEMBED_MAPPED
= 1 << 0
274 XEMBED_EMBEDDED_NOTIFY
= 0,
275 XEMBED_WINDOW_ACTIVATE
= 1,
276 XEMBED_WINDOW_DEACTIVATE
= 2,
277 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
= 3,
279 XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
= 5,
280 XEMBED_FOCUS_NEXT
= 6,
281 XEMBED_FOCUS_PREV
= 7,
283 XEMBED_MODALITY_ON
= 10,
284 XEMBED_MODALITY_OFF
= 11,
285 XEMBED_REGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 12,
286 XEMBED_UNREGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 13,
287 XEMBED_ACTIVATE_ACCELERATOR
= 14
290 static bool x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*);
291 static void x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
292 static void x_raise_frame (struct frame
*);
293 static void x_lower_frame (struct frame
*);
294 static const XColor
*x_color_cells (Display
*, int *);
295 static int x_io_error_quitter (Display
*);
296 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*);
297 void x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*);
298 static void x_update_end (struct frame
*);
299 static void XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*);
300 static void XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
301 static void XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
302 static void x_clear_frame (struct frame
*);
303 static _Noreturn
void x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*, int, int);
304 static void frame_highlight (struct frame
*);
305 static void frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*);
306 static void x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*);
307 static void x_focus_changed (int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
308 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*);
309 static void x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*,
310 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
311 static void XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*);
312 static void x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*);
313 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*);
314 static void x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
315 enum text_cursor_kinds
);
317 static void x_clip_to_row (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
);
318 static void x_flush (struct frame
*f
);
319 static void x_update_begin (struct frame
*);
320 static void x_update_window_begin (struct window
*);
321 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*, Window
);
322 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
323 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
324 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
326 static int x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*, XPropertyEvent
*);
327 static void x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*);
328 static void x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*, int, int);
329 static void x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
330 static int handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
331 int *, struct input_event
*);
333 static int x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*, Display
*);
335 /* Don't declare this _Noreturn because we want no
336 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
337 static void x_connection_closed (Display
*, const char *);
338 static void x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*, int);
339 static void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*, ptrdiff_t);
340 static void x_initialize (void);
343 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
346 x_flush (struct frame
*f
)
348 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
349 connection may be broken. */
350 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
356 eassert (FRAME_X_P (f
));
357 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
361 /* Flush all displays and so all frames on them. */
362 struct x_display_info
*xdi
;
363 for (xdi
= x_display_list
; xdi
; xdi
= xdi
->next
)
364 XFlush (xdi
->display
);
370 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
371 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
372 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
373 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
374 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
377 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
380 /***********************************************************************
382 ***********************************************************************/
386 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
387 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
395 struct record event_record
[100];
397 int event_record_index
;
400 record_event (char *locus
, int type
)
402 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
403 event_record_index
= 0;
405 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
406 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
407 event_record_index
++;
414 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
416 struct x_display_info
*
417 x_display_info_for_display (Display
*dpy
)
419 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
421 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
422 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
429 x_find_topmost_parent (struct frame
*f
)
431 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
432 Window win
= None
, wi
= x
->parent_desc
;
433 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
435 while (wi
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
439 unsigned int nchildren
;
442 XQueryTree (dpy
, win
, &root
, &wi
, &children
, &nchildren
);
449 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
452 x_set_frame_alpha (struct frame
*f
)
454 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
455 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
456 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
458 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
462 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
467 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
468 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
469 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
470 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
474 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
476 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
479 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
481 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
483 /* If there is a parent from the window manager, put the property there
484 also, to work around broken window managers that fail to do that.
485 Do this unconditionally as this function is called on reparent when
486 alpha has not changed on the frame. */
488 parent
= x_find_topmost_parent (f
);
490 XChangeProperty (dpy
, parent
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
491 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
492 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
494 /* return unless necessary */
499 unsigned long n
, left
;
501 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
502 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
503 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
506 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
508 unsigned long value
= *(unsigned long *)data
;
518 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
519 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
520 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
525 x_display_pixel_height (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
527 return HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
531 x_display_pixel_width (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
533 return WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
537 /***********************************************************************
538 Starting and ending an update
539 ***********************************************************************/
541 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
542 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
543 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
544 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
545 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
548 x_update_begin (struct frame
*f
)
554 /* Start update of window W. Set output_cursor to the cursor
558 x_update_window_begin (struct window
*w
)
560 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
561 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
563 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
567 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
569 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
570 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
572 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
574 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
575 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
582 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
585 x_draw_vertical_window_border (struct window
*w
, int x
, int y0
, int y1
)
587 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
590 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
592 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
595 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
596 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
599 /* End update of window W.
601 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
602 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
604 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
605 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
606 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
608 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
609 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
613 x_update_window_end (struct window
*w
, bool cursor_on_p
,
614 bool mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
616 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
621 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
623 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
625 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
626 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
631 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
632 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
633 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
634 reset_mouse_highlight (MOUSE_HL_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
638 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
642 x_update_end (struct frame
*f
)
644 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
645 MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
649 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
655 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c
656 whenever a complete update has been performed. */
659 XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*f
)
662 FRAME_MOUSE_UPDATE (f
);
666 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
667 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
668 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. This function is called from
669 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
670 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
673 x_after_update_window_line (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*desired_row
)
680 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
681 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
683 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
684 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
685 check here if updated window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
686 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
687 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
688 overhead is very small. */
689 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
690 && desired_row
->full_width_p
691 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
692 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
694 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
697 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
700 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
701 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
702 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
703 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
704 y
, width
, height
, False
);
710 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
)
712 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
713 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
714 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
715 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
716 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
718 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
719 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
723 int bx
= p
->bx
, by
= p
->by
, nx
= p
->nx
, ny
= p
->ny
;
725 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
726 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
727 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
728 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
730 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
732 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
734 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
735 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
736 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
737 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
738 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
739 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
740 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
741 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
743 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
747 int bar_area_x
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
748 int bar_area_width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
749 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
753 /* Bitmap fills the fringe. */
754 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== p
->x
)
755 bx
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
756 else if (p
->x
+ p
->wd
== bar_area_x
)
760 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
762 nx
= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
763 by
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
765 ny
= row
->visible_height
;
770 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== bx
)
772 bx
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
773 nx
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
775 else if (bx
+ nx
== bar_area_x
)
776 nx
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
781 if (bx
>= 0 && nx
> 0)
782 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
, bx
, by
, nx
, ny
);
785 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
791 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
792 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
796 bits
= (char *) (p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
798 bits
= (char *) p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
800 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
802 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
804 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
805 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
807 face
->background
, depth
);
811 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
812 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
815 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
816 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
817 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
818 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
821 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
822 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
823 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
827 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
828 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
829 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
833 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
838 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
839 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
840 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
844 XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
848 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
849 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
852 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
857 /***********************************************************************
859 ***********************************************************************/
863 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*);
864 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
865 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
866 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
867 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*);
868 static void x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
869 static _Noreturn
void x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*, int);
870 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*);
871 static void x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
872 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
873 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
874 static bool x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
875 unsigned long *, double, int);
876 static void x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
877 double, int, unsigned long);
878 static void x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*);
879 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
880 static void x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*);
881 static void x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
882 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
);
883 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int,
885 static void x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
886 int, int, int, int, int, int,
888 static void x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
889 int, int, int, XRectangle
*);
890 static void x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*);
893 static void x_check_font (struct frame
*, struct font
*);
897 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
901 x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
903 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
904 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
905 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
907 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
910 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
914 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
915 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
917 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
918 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
919 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
920 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
921 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
922 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
923 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
925 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
926 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
927 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
929 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
930 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
933 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
934 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
935 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
937 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
938 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
941 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
942 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
944 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
949 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
952 x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
957 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
958 face_id
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
959 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
961 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
963 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
964 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
966 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
967 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
968 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
970 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
974 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
979 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
980 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
981 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
982 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
984 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
985 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
988 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
989 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
991 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
994 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
998 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
999 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1000 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1003 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1005 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1009 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1010 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1014 x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1016 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1018 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1020 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1021 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1023 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1025 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1026 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1028 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1030 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1033 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1035 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1036 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1038 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1039 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1041 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1042 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1046 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1047 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1050 /* GC must have been set. */
1051 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1055 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1056 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1059 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1061 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1062 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1065 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1070 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1071 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1075 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (struct glyph_string
*src
, struct glyph_string
*dst
)
1080 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1082 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1085 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1090 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1093 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1096 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1097 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1099 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1101 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1103 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1104 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1107 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1108 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1109 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1113 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1115 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1117 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1118 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1119 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1123 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1124 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1129 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1132 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
1135 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1136 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1137 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1138 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1142 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1143 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1144 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1145 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1146 contains the first component of a composition. */
1149 x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*s
, bool force_p
)
1151 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1152 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1153 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1155 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1159 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1160 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1161 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1162 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1163 s
->background_width
,
1164 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1165 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1166 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1168 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1169 || s
->font_not_found_p
1170 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1173 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1174 s
->background_width
,
1175 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1176 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1182 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1185 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1189 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1190 of S to the right of that box line. */
1191 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1192 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1193 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1197 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1199 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1201 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1203 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1204 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1205 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1207 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1212 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1213 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1216 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1217 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1219 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1221 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1222 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1224 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1225 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1226 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1230 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1233 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1236 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1238 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1239 of S to the right of that box line. */
1240 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1241 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1242 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1246 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1247 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1248 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1249 this composition. */
1251 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1252 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1253 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1255 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1256 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1257 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1259 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1263 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1264 /* TAB in a composition means display glyphs with padding
1265 space on the left or right. */
1266 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1268 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1269 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1271 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1272 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1273 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1278 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1283 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1285 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1286 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1287 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1290 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1294 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1295 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1296 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1299 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1300 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1301 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1302 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1303 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1304 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1312 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1313 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1314 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1320 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S for glyphless characters. */
1323 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1325 struct glyph
*glyph
= s
->first_glyph
;
1329 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1330 of S to the right of that box line. */
1331 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1332 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1333 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1339 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, glyph
++)
1341 char buf
[7], *str
= NULL
;
1342 int len
= glyph
->u
.glyphless
.len
;
1344 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_ACRONYM
)
1347 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vglyphless_char_display
)
1348 && (CHAR_TABLE_EXTRA_SLOTS (XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
))
1352 = (! glyph
->u
.glyphless
.for_no_font
1353 ? CHAR_TABLE_REF (Vglyphless_char_display
,
1354 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
)
1355 : XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
)->extras
[0]);
1356 if (STRINGP (acronym
))
1357 str
= SSDATA (acronym
);
1360 else if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_HEX_CODE
)
1362 sprintf (buf
, "%0*X",
1363 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
< 0x10000 ? 4 : 6,
1364 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
);
1370 int upper_len
= (len
+ 1) / 2;
1373 /* It is assured that all LEN characters in STR is ASCII. */
1374 for (j
= 0; j
< len
; j
++)
1376 code
= s
->font
->driver
->encode_char (s
->font
, str
[j
]);
1377 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
+ j
, code
>> 8, code
& 0xFF);
1379 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, upper_len
,
1380 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_xoff
,
1381 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_yoff
,
1383 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, upper_len
, len
,
1384 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_xoff
,
1385 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_yoff
,
1388 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
!= GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_THIN_SPACE
)
1389 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1390 x
, s
->ybase
- glyph
->ascent
,
1391 glyph
->pixel_width
- 1,
1392 glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
- 1);
1393 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1397 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1401 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1402 cannot be determined. */
1404 static struct frame
*
1405 x_frame_of_widget (Widget widget
)
1407 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1408 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
1411 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1413 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1414 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1415 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1416 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1417 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1418 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1420 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1421 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1422 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
1426 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1427 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
1428 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1434 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1435 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1436 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1437 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1438 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1439 Value is true if successful. */
1442 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
1443 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1445 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1446 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1449 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
1452 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1453 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1455 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1457 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1459 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1464 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1465 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1467 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1470 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1472 DPY is the display we are working on.
1474 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1475 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1476 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1477 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1479 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1480 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1482 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1483 we allocated the color or not.
1485 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1488 cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*dpy
, XrmValue
*args
, Cardinal
*nargs
,
1489 XrmValue
*from
, XrmValue
*to
,
1490 XtPointer
*closure_ret
)
1500 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1501 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1503 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1507 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1508 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1509 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1511 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1513 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1514 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1516 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1518 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1519 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1521 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1522 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1524 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1525 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1530 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1532 params
[0] = color_name
;
1533 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1534 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1535 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1540 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1542 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1544 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1548 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1552 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1553 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1556 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1561 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1562 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1563 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1565 APP is the application context in which we work.
1567 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1568 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1569 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1571 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1574 cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext app
, XrmValuePtr to
, XtPointer closure
, XrmValuePtr args
,
1579 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1581 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1584 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1586 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1587 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1588 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1589 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1590 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1595 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1598 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1599 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1600 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1601 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1603 static const XColor
*
1604 x_color_cells (Display
*dpy
, int *ncells
)
1606 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1608 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1610 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1611 int ncolor_cells
= XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1614 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= xnmalloc (ncolor_cells
,
1615 sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1616 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= ncolor_cells
;
1618 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1619 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1621 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1622 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, ncolor_cells
);
1625 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1626 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1630 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1631 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1634 x_query_colors (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*colors
, int ncolors
)
1636 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1638 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1641 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1643 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1644 eassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1645 eassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1646 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1650 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1654 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1655 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1658 x_query_color (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*color
)
1660 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1664 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1665 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1666 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1670 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1674 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
1677 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1678 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1679 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1680 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1682 int max_color_delta
= 255;
1683 int max_delta
= 3 * max_color_delta
;
1684 int nearest_delta
= max_delta
+ 1;
1686 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1688 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1690 int dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1691 int dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1692 int dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1693 int delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1695 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1698 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1702 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1703 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1704 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1705 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
1709 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1710 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1711 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1712 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1713 XColor
*cached_color
;
1715 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1716 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1717 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1718 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1719 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1721 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1722 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1723 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1727 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1729 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1730 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1736 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1737 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1738 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1742 x_alloc_nearest_color (struct frame
*f
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1744 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1745 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1749 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1750 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1751 get color reference counts right. */
1754 x_copy_color (struct frame
*f
, long unsigned int pixel
)
1758 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1760 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1761 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1763 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1764 register_color (pixel
);
1770 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1773 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1774 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1775 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1776 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1777 use an additional additive factor.
1779 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1780 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1781 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1784 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1785 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1786 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1787 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1788 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1789 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1792 x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*f
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
, long unsigned int *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1798 /* Get RGB color values. */
1799 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1800 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1802 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1803 eassert (factor
>= 0);
1804 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1805 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1806 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1808 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1809 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1811 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1812 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1813 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1814 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1815 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1817 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1818 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1819 /* The additive adjustment. */
1820 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1824 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1825 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1826 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1830 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1831 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1832 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1836 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1837 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1840 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1842 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1843 delta to the RGB values. */
1844 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1846 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1847 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1848 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1849 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1860 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1861 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1862 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1863 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1864 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1865 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1868 x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*f
, struct relief
*relief
, double factor
, int delta
, long unsigned int default_pixel
)
1871 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1872 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1873 unsigned long pixel
;
1874 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1875 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1876 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1877 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1879 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1880 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1882 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1883 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1884 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1886 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1888 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1889 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1892 /* Allocate new color. */
1893 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1895 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1896 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1898 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1899 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1902 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1904 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1906 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1909 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1913 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1916 x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1918 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1919 unsigned long color
;
1921 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1922 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1923 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1925 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1926 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1931 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1932 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1933 color
= xgcv
.background
;
1936 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
1937 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
1939 di
->relief_background
= color
;
1940 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
1941 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1942 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
1943 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1948 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
1949 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
1950 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
1951 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
1952 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
1953 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
1957 x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*f
,
1958 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
1959 int raised_p
, int top_p
, int bot_p
, int left_p
, int right_p
,
1960 XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
1962 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1963 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
1968 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
1970 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
1971 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
1973 /* This code is more complicated than it has to be, because of two
1974 minor hacks to make the boxes look nicer: (i) if width > 1, draw
1975 the outermost line using the black relief. (ii) Omit the four
1982 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1983 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
1984 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
1986 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
1987 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1988 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
1989 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
1996 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
1998 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
1999 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2001 for (i
= (width
> 1 ? 1 : 0); i
< width
; ++i
)
2002 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2003 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ (i
+ 1) * top_p
,
2004 left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
+ 1 - (i
+ 1) * bot_p
);
2007 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2009 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2011 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2012 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2016 /* Outermost top line. */
2018 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2019 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
2020 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
2022 /* Outermost left line. */
2024 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2030 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2031 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), bottom_y
,
2032 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), bottom_y
);
2033 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2034 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2035 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2036 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2042 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2043 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2044 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2045 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2046 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ (i
+ 1) * top_p
,
2047 right_x
- i
, bottom_y
+ 1 - (i
+ 1) * bot_p
);
2050 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2054 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2055 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2056 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2057 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2058 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2059 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2062 x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
,
2063 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2064 int left_p
, int right_p
, XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2068 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2069 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2070 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2073 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2074 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2078 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2079 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2082 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2083 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2087 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2088 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2090 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2091 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2095 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2098 x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2100 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2101 int left_p
, right_p
;
2102 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2103 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2105 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2106 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2107 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2109 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2110 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2112 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2114 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2115 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2117 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2119 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2121 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2123 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2124 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2126 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2127 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2128 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2130 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2132 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2134 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2135 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2136 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2139 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2140 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2141 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2146 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2149 x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2152 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2154 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2155 right of that line. */
2156 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2157 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2159 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2161 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2163 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2164 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2165 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2166 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2172 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2173 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2174 trust on the shape extension to be available
2175 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2177 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2180 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2182 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2183 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2184 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2185 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2186 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2188 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2191 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2192 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2193 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2194 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2195 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2196 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2200 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2202 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2205 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2206 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2207 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2208 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2209 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2210 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2212 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2213 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2214 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2215 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2216 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2217 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2218 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2220 int relief
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2221 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2222 x
- relief
, y
- relief
,
2223 s
->slice
.width
+ relief
*2 - 1,
2224 s
->slice
.height
+ relief
*2 - 1);
2229 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2230 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2231 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2235 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2238 x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2240 int x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
;
2243 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2245 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2246 right of that line. */
2247 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2248 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2250 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2252 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2254 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2255 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2256 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2257 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2259 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2260 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2262 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2263 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2267 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2268 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2271 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
- 1;
2272 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
- 1;
2273 top_p
= bot_p
= left_p
= right_p
= 0;
2275 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2276 x
-= thick
, left_p
= 1;
2277 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2278 y
-= thick
, top_p
= 1;
2279 if (s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
)
2280 x1
+= thick
, right_p
= 1;
2281 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
)
2282 y1
+= thick
, bot_p
= 1;
2284 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2285 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2286 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x
, y
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2287 top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, &r
);
2291 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2294 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*s
, Pixmap pixmap
)
2297 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2299 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2300 right of that line. */
2301 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2302 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2304 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2306 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2308 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2309 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2310 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2311 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2317 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2318 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2319 trust on the shape extension to be available
2320 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2322 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2326 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2327 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2328 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2329 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2330 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2332 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2333 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2334 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2335 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2339 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2340 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2341 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2343 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2344 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2345 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2346 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2347 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2348 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2349 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2351 int r
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2352 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2353 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2354 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2359 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2360 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2361 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2365 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2366 give the rectangle to draw. */
2369 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
2373 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2374 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2375 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2376 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2379 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2383 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2386 s->x +-------------------------
2389 | +-------------------------
2392 | | +-------------------
2398 x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2400 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2401 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2403 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2406 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2407 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2408 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2409 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2411 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2412 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2414 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2415 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2419 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2420 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2424 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2425 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2426 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2427 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2428 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2430 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2431 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2432 s
->background_width
,
2435 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2437 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2439 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2442 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2443 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2444 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2445 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2446 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2447 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2448 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2453 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2455 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2456 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2457 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2458 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2466 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2468 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2470 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2471 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2473 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2476 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2479 /* Draw the foreground. */
2482 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2483 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2484 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2485 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2486 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2489 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2491 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2493 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2494 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2495 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2499 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2502 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2504 eassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2506 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2507 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2509 /* If `x-stretch-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor as
2510 wide as the stretch glyph. */
2511 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2514 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2516 int left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2520 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2526 /* In R2L rows, draw the cursor on the right edge of the
2528 int right_x
= window_box_right_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2530 if (x
+ background_width
> right_x
)
2531 background_width
-= x
- right_x
;
2532 x
+= background_width
;
2534 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2535 if (s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2539 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2541 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2542 if (width
< background_width
)
2545 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2549 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2553 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2554 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2556 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2562 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2563 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2565 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2567 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2568 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2569 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2570 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2575 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2576 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2577 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2578 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2582 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2584 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2585 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2587 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2588 except for header line and mode line. */
2589 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2591 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2594 if (background_width
> 0)
2595 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2598 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2602 Draw a wavy line under S. The wave fills wave_height pixels from y0.
2608 wave_height = 3 | * * * *
2613 x_draw_underwave (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2615 int wave_height
= 3, wave_length
= 2;
2616 int dx
, dy
, x0
, y0
, width
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
, odd
, xmax
;
2617 XRectangle wave_clip
, string_clip
, final_clip
;
2620 dy
= wave_height
- 1;
2622 y0
= s
->ybase
- wave_height
+ 3;
2626 /* Find and set clipping rectangle */
2630 wave_clip
.width
= width
;
2631 wave_clip
.height
= wave_height
;
2632 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &string_clip
);
2634 if (!x_intersect_rectangles (&wave_clip
, &string_clip
, &final_clip
))
2637 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &final_clip
, 1, Unsorted
);
2639 /* Draw the waves */
2641 x1
= x0
- (x0
% dx
);
2651 if (INT_MAX
- dx
< xmax
)
2656 XDrawLine (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
);
2658 x2
+= dx
, y2
= y0
+ odd
*dy
;
2662 /* Restore previous clipping rectangle(s) */
2663 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, s
->clip
, s
->num_clips
, Unsorted
);
2667 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2670 x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2672 bool relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2674 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2675 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2676 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2677 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2680 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2682 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
2683 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
2684 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2685 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2687 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2688 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2689 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
2690 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
2692 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2693 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2697 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2698 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2700 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2701 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2702 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2703 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2704 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2705 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2708 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2709 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2710 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2711 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2714 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2716 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2717 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2718 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2719 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2720 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2721 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2723 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2725 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2728 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2732 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2736 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2737 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2739 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2740 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2743 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2744 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2745 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2746 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2748 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2749 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2752 case GLYPHLESS_GLYPH
:
2753 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2754 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2756 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2757 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2764 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2766 /* Draw underline. */
2767 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2769 if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_WAVE
)
2771 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2772 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2776 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2777 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2778 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2779 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2782 else if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
2784 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2787 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
2788 && s
->prev
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
2790 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2791 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2792 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2796 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2797 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2798 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2801 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2802 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2805 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2806 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2807 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2808 specs, and its default is
2810 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2811 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2813 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2814 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2815 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2817 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2819 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
2821 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2823 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2824 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2825 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2826 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2827 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2828 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2829 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2830 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2831 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2832 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2833 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2834 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2838 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2839 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2840 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2841 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2842 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2846 /* Draw overline. */
2847 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2849 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2851 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2852 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2857 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2858 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2859 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2861 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2865 /* Draw strike-through. */
2866 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2868 unsigned long h
= 1;
2869 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2871 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2872 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2877 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2878 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2879 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2881 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2885 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2886 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2887 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2891 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2893 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2894 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2895 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2897 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2898 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2899 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2902 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2903 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2904 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2905 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2907 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2908 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2910 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2916 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2918 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2919 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2920 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2922 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2923 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2924 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2927 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2928 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2929 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2930 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2932 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2933 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2935 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2936 next
->clip_head
= s
->next
;
2941 /* Reset clipping. */
2942 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2946 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2949 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int shift_by
)
2951 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2952 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2953 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2957 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2961 x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*f
, register int n
)
2967 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2968 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2971 x_clear_area (Display
*dpy
, Window window
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int exposures
)
2973 eassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2974 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2978 /* Clear an entire frame. */
2981 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2983 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2985 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2986 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2987 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2989 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2990 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2993 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2995 /* We have to clear the scroll bars. If we have changed colors or
2996 something like that, then they should be notified. */
2997 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2999 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
3000 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
3001 redisplay, do it here. */
3002 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
3003 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3006 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3013 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
3016 XTflash (struct frame
*f
)
3022 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
3023 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
3024 GdkWindow
*window
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3026 cairo_t
*cr
= gdk_cairo_create (window
);
3027 cairo_set_source_rgb (cr
, 1, 1, 1);
3028 cairo_set_operator (cr
, CAIRO_OPERATOR_DIFFERENCE
);
3029 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3031 cairo_rectangle (cr, x, y, w, h); \
3035 #else /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3038 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3039 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3040 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
3041 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (window
,
3042 &vals
, GDK_GC_FUNCTION
| GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
3043 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3044 gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, TRUE, x, y, w, h)
3045 #endif /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3046 #else /* ! USE_GTK */
3049 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3050 pixels into background pixels. */
3054 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3055 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3056 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3058 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3059 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3063 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3064 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
3065 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3066 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3067 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3068 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3069 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3073 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
3074 edge it is next to. */
3075 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
3077 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
3078 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3081 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
3082 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3089 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3091 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3092 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3094 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3096 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3097 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3098 width
, flash_height
);
3099 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3101 (height
- flash_height
3102 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3103 width
, flash_height
);
3107 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3108 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3109 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3110 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3115 struct timespec delay
= make_timespec (0, 150 * 1000 * 1000);
3116 struct timespec wakeup
= timespec_add (current_timespec (), delay
);
3118 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3120 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3122 struct timespec current
= current_timespec ();
3123 struct timespec timeout
;
3125 /* Break if result would not be positive. */
3126 if (timespec_cmp (wakeup
, current
) <= 0)
3129 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3130 timeout
= make_timespec (0, 10 * 1000 * 1000);
3132 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3133 pselect (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
, NULL
);
3137 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3138 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3140 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3142 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3143 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3144 width
, flash_height
);
3145 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3147 (height
- flash_height
3148 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3149 width
, flash_height
);
3152 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3153 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3154 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3155 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3161 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
3163 #undef XFillRectangle
3165 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3176 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (struct frame
*f
, int invisible
)
3181 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0)
3182 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3183 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
3186 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3187 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
3188 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
3193 /* Make audible bell. */
3196 XTring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
3198 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3206 XkbBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, 0, None
);
3208 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3210 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3217 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3218 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3219 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3220 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3223 XTset_terminal_window (struct frame
*f
, int n
)
3225 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3230 /***********************************************************************
3232 ***********************************************************************/
3234 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3235 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3238 x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*f
, int vpos
, int n
)
3244 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3247 x_scroll_run (struct window
*w
, struct run
*run
)
3249 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3250 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3252 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3253 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3255 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3257 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3258 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
3259 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
3260 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
3261 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
3262 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
3263 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
3264 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
3266 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
3270 int bar_area_x
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
3271 int bar_area_width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
3272 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
3274 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== x
)
3276 x
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
3277 width
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
3279 else if (x
+ width
== bar_area_x
)
3280 width
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
3285 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3286 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3287 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3291 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3292 line at the bottom. */
3293 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3294 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3296 height
= run
->height
;
3300 /* Scrolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3302 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3303 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3305 height
= run
->height
;
3310 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3313 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3314 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3315 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3325 /***********************************************************************
3327 ***********************************************************************/
3331 frame_highlight (struct frame
*f
)
3333 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3334 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3335 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3336 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3338 /* I recently started to get errors in this XSetWindowBorder, depending on
3339 the window-manager in use, tho something more is at play since I've been
3340 using that same window-manager binary for ever. Let's not crash just
3341 because of this (bug#9310). */
3342 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3343 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3344 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3345 x_uncatch_errors ();
3347 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3348 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3352 frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*f
)
3354 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3355 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3356 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3357 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3359 /* Same as above for XSetWindowBorder (bug#9310). */
3360 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3361 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3362 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3363 x_uncatch_errors ();
3365 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3366 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3369 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3370 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3371 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3372 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3373 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3376 x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
)
3378 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3380 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3382 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3383 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3384 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3386 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3387 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3389 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3390 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3392 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3395 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3398 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3399 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3400 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3403 x_focus_changed (int type
, int state
, struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3405 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3407 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3409 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3410 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3412 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3413 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3414 /* When run as a daemon, Vterminal_frame is always NIL. */
3415 bufp
->arg
= (((NILP (Vterminal_frame
) || EQ (Fdaemonp (), Qt
))
3416 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3417 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3419 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3420 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3423 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3426 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3427 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3430 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3432 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3434 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3436 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3437 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3439 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_OUT_EVENT
;
3440 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3444 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3445 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3447 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
3448 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, 0);
3452 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3453 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3455 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3458 x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3460 struct frame
*frame
;
3462 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3466 switch (event
->type
)
3471 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3473 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3475 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3476 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3477 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3478 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3480 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3486 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3487 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3488 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3489 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3493 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3495 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3496 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3497 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3504 #if defined HAVE_MENUS && !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
3505 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3508 x_mouse_leave (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3510 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3514 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3515 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3516 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3518 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3519 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3520 the appropriate X display info. */
3523 XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*frame
)
3525 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3529 x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3531 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3533 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3535 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3536 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3537 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3538 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3539 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3541 fset_focus_frame (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
, Qnil
);
3542 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3546 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3548 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3551 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3552 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3553 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3559 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3561 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3563 x_find_modifier_meanings (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3565 int min_code
, max_code
;
3568 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3570 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3571 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3572 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3573 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3574 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3576 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3578 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3579 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3581 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3583 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3584 Alt keysyms are on. */
3586 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3587 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3589 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3591 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3592 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3594 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3596 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3600 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3604 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3606 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3612 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3613 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3618 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3619 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3624 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3625 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3626 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3627 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3632 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3633 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3634 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3635 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3639 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3640 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3641 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3642 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3643 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3652 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3653 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3655 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3656 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3659 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3660 make them just meta, not alt. */
3661 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3663 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3667 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3670 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3674 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int state
)
3676 int mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3677 int mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3678 int mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3679 int mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3682 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3683 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3684 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3685 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3686 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3687 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3688 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3689 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3691 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3692 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3693 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3694 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3695 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3696 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3700 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, EMACS_INT state
)
3702 EMACS_INT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3703 EMACS_INT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3704 EMACS_INT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3705 EMACS_INT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3709 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3710 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
);
3711 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3712 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
);
3713 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3714 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
);
3715 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3716 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
);
3719 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3720 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3721 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3722 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3723 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3724 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3727 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3730 x_get_keysym_name (int keysym
)
3735 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3743 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3745 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3747 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3751 construct_mouse_click (struct input_event
*result
, XButtonEvent
*event
, struct frame
*f
)
3753 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3755 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3756 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3757 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3758 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3760 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3764 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3765 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3766 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3772 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3773 The input handler calls this.
3775 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3776 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3777 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3778 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3780 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3781 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3784 note_mouse_movement (struct frame
*frame
, XMotionEvent
*event
)
3786 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3787 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3788 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3790 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3793 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3795 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3796 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3797 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3798 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3803 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3804 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3805 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3806 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3807 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3808 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3810 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3811 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3812 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3813 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3814 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3815 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3823 /************************************************************************
3825 ************************************************************************/
3828 redo_mouse_highlight (void)
3830 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3831 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3832 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3833 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3834 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3839 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3840 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3842 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3843 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3844 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3845 position on the scroll bar.
3847 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3848 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3851 Set *TIMESTAMP to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3852 was at this position.
3854 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3856 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3860 XTmouse_position (struct frame
**fp
, int insist
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
3861 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
,
3868 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3869 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, timestamp
);
3875 Window dummy_window
;
3878 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3880 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3881 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3882 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3883 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3884 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3886 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3888 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3889 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3890 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3892 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3895 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3896 a different screen. */
3899 /* The position on that root window. */
3902 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3905 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3907 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3909 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3910 containing the pointer. */
3914 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3918 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3919 structure is changing at the same time this function
3920 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3922 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3924 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3925 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3927 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3928 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3929 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3931 /* From-window, to-window. */
3932 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3934 /* From-position, to-position. */
3935 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3939 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3945 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3947 /* From-window, to-window. */
3950 /* From-position, to-position. */
3951 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3956 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3959 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3960 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
3961 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
3962 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
3963 if (x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
))
3971 /* Now we know that:
3972 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3973 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3974 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3975 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3976 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3977 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3978 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3979 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3980 never use them in that case.) */
3983 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3984 want the edit window. */
3985 f1
= x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3987 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3988 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3991 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3992 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3995 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3996 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3998 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4001 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
4004 x_uncatch_errors ();
4006 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
4009 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4011 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
4015 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4021 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
4022 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
4026 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
4027 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
4028 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
4029 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
4030 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
4031 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
4032 the frame are divided into. */
4034 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
4035 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
4040 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
4041 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
4042 *timestamp
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
4052 /***********************************************************************
4054 ***********************************************************************/
4056 /* Scroll bar support. */
4058 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4060 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4063 static struct scroll_bar
*
4064 x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*display
, Window window_id
)
4066 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4068 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4069 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4070 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4072 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4074 Lisp_Object bar
, condemned
;
4076 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4079 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4081 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4082 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4083 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4084 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4085 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4088 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4089 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4090 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4091 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4098 #if defined USE_LUCID
4100 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4101 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4104 x_window_to_menu_bar (Window window
)
4106 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4108 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4109 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4111 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4113 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4119 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4122 /************************************************************************
4124 ************************************************************************/
4126 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4128 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
4129 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object
, int, int, int);
4130 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*,
4131 struct scroll_bar
*);
4132 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*,
4136 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4137 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4139 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4141 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4143 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4145 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4146 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4149 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4151 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4153 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4155 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4156 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4157 to avoid jerkiness. */
4159 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4161 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4162 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4163 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4164 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4167 xt_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
4168 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
4171 const char *end_action
;
4174 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4175 end_action
= "Release";
4176 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4177 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4178 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4179 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4182 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4183 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4187 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4188 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4189 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4191 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4193 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4194 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4195 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4197 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4198 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4200 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4201 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4204 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4206 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4207 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4209 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4210 static ptrdiff_t scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4213 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4214 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4215 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4216 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4219 x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object window
, int part
, int portion
, int whole
)
4222 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4223 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4224 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4229 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4230 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4231 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4232 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4233 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4236 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4237 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4238 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4239 into that array in the event. */
4240 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4241 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4244 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4246 ptrdiff_t old_nbytes
=
4247 scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4249 enum { XClientMessageEvent_MAX
= 0x7fffffff };
4250 scroll_bar_windows
=
4251 xpalloc (scroll_bar_windows
, &scroll_bar_windows_size
, 1,
4252 XClientMessageEvent_MAX
, sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
);
4253 nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4254 memset (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], 0, nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4257 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4258 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4259 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4260 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4261 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4262 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4264 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4265 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4266 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4267 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4270 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4271 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4272 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4273 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4278 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4282 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*ievent
)
4284 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4288 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4289 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4291 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4293 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4294 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4297 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4300 XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
4302 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4303 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4304 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4305 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4306 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4312 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4314 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4317 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4318 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4319 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4322 xm_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4324 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
4325 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= call_data
;
4326 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4330 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4331 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4332 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4335 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4336 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4337 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4340 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4341 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4342 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4345 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4346 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4347 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4351 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4352 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4355 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4356 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4357 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4364 /* Get the slider size. */
4366 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4369 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4370 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4371 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4372 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4376 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4382 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4383 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4384 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4388 #elif defined USE_GTK
4390 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4391 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4394 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
4395 GtkScrollType scroll
,
4399 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= user_data
;
4401 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4402 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
4403 struct frame
*f
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
4405 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return FALSE
;
4406 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4411 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
4412 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
4413 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
4414 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
4416 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4417 whole
= gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
4418 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
);
4419 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4420 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4423 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
4424 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4425 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4427 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
4428 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4429 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4431 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
4432 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4433 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4435 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
4436 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4437 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4443 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4444 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4445 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4451 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to Qnil when dragging is done. */
4454 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
4455 GdkEventButton
*event
,
4458 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= user_data
;
4459 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4460 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4462 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4463 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4464 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4471 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4473 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4474 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4475 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4479 xaw_jump_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4481 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
4482 float *top_addr
= call_data
;
4483 float top
= *top_addr
;
4485 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4488 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4490 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4494 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4496 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0f
/ height
))
4497 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4498 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4499 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4500 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4502 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4504 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4506 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4507 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4508 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4509 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4513 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4514 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4515 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4516 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4517 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4518 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4519 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4522 xaw_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4524 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
4525 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4526 int position
= (intptr_t) call_data
;
4530 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4532 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4535 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4536 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4538 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4539 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4540 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4541 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4543 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4545 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4546 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4547 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4548 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4551 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4553 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4555 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4556 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4560 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4562 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4565 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4566 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
4571 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4574 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4580 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4581 unsigned long pixel
;
4586 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4587 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4588 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4589 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4590 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4591 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4592 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4593 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4595 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4598 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4602 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4605 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4609 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4610 (char *) scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4612 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4613 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4615 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4617 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4619 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4621 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4623 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4625 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4628 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4629 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4631 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4632 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4633 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4634 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4636 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4638 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4639 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4640 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4641 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4642 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4643 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4644 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4645 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4647 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4650 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4654 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4657 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4661 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4663 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4664 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4666 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4669 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4670 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4671 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4673 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4676 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4678 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4681 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4682 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4683 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4685 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4689 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4690 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4691 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4692 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4693 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4694 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4695 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
4698 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
4699 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
4703 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4704 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4705 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4707 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4709 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4712 /* Specify the colors. */
4713 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4716 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4719 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4722 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4728 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4729 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4732 char const *initial
= "";
4733 char const *val
= initial
;
4734 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4735 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4736 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4738 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4739 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4740 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4741 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4742 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4743 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4747 /* Define callbacks. */
4748 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4749 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4752 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4753 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4755 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4757 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4758 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4759 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4760 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4762 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4763 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4764 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4765 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4769 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4772 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4773 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4777 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
4779 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4782 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4784 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
4787 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4788 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4795 if (scroll_bar_adjust_thumb_portion_p
)
4797 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4798 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4799 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4800 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4801 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4802 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4803 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4804 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4805 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4806 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4807 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4808 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4809 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4810 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4818 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4819 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4822 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4826 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4827 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4829 size
= clip_to_bounds (1, shown
* XM_SB_MAX
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4831 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4832 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4833 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4835 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4837 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4843 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4844 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4848 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4850 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4851 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4852 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4856 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4857 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4858 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4861 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4862 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0f
/ height
), shown
));
4864 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4865 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4866 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4867 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4869 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4870 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4873 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4874 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4875 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4877 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4881 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4885 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4887 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4891 /************************************************************************
4892 Scroll bars, general
4893 ************************************************************************/
4895 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4896 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4897 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4900 static struct scroll_bar
*
4901 x_scroll_bar_create (struct window
*w
, int top
, int left
, int width
, int height
)
4903 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4904 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4905 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4910 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4911 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4912 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4914 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4918 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4919 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4920 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4922 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4923 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4925 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4927 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4929 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4930 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4931 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4932 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4933 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4935 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4937 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4938 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4939 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4941 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4943 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4950 bar
->x_window
= window
;
4952 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4954 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4958 bar
->height
= height
;
4961 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4962 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= 0;
4964 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4965 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4967 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
4968 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
4969 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4970 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4972 /* Map the window/widget. */
4973 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4976 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4979 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4980 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4982 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4983 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4984 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4985 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4987 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4988 max (height
, 1), 0);
4989 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4990 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4992 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4993 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
4994 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5001 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5003 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
5005 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
5006 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
5007 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
5010 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
5011 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
5012 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
5013 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
5014 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
5017 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int start
, int end
, int rebuild
)
5019 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
5020 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5021 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5022 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5024 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
5026 && start
== bar
->start
5033 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
5034 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5035 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5037 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
5038 the distance between start and end. */
5040 int length
= end
- start
;
5044 else if (start
> top_range
)
5046 end
= start
+ length
;
5050 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5054 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5058 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5059 if (end
> top_range
)
5062 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5063 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5064 that many pixels tall. */
5065 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5067 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5068 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5070 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5071 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5072 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5073 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5074 inside_width
, start
,
5077 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5078 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5079 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5080 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5082 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5083 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5084 /* x, y, width, height */
5085 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5086 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5087 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5089 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5090 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5091 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5092 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5094 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5095 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5096 if (end
< inside_height
)
5097 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5098 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5099 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5100 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5101 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
5109 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5111 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5115 x_scroll_bar_remove (struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5117 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5120 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5122 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5123 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5124 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5125 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5127 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5130 /* Dissociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5131 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (XWINDOW (bar
->window
), Qnil
);
5137 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5138 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5139 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5143 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
5145 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5147 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5148 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5149 int window_y
, window_height
;
5150 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5151 bool fringe_extended_p
;
5154 /* Get window dimensions. */
5155 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5157 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5158 height
= window_height
;
5160 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5161 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5163 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5164 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5165 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5166 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5170 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5171 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5172 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5173 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
) ? width
- sb_width
: 0);
5175 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
) ? 0 : width
- sb_width
);
5177 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5178 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5183 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5184 fringe_extended_p
= WINDOW_FRINGE_EXTENDED_P (w
);
5187 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5188 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5190 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5193 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5194 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5195 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5196 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5199 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5200 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5204 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5208 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5209 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5211 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5215 if (sb_left
!= bar
->left
)
5217 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5219 if (sb_width
!= bar
->width
)
5221 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5224 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5226 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5227 if (mask
|| bar
->fringe_extended_p
!= fringe_extended_p
)
5229 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5230 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5231 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5233 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5234 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5235 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5237 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5238 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5241 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5244 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5245 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5247 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5248 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5249 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5251 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5252 max (height
, 1), 0);
5253 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5255 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5257 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5258 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5259 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5261 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5262 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5264 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5265 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5266 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5270 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5271 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5272 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5275 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5276 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5277 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5279 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5280 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5281 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5282 rest
, height
, False
);
5284 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5285 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5289 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5294 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5296 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5298 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5302 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5304 /* Remember new settings. */
5305 bar
->left
= sb_left
;
5307 bar
->width
= sb_width
;
5308 bar
->height
= height
;
5313 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5314 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= fringe_extended_p
;
5316 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5317 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5318 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5320 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5322 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5325 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5328 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5329 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5330 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5333 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5335 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5336 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, barobj
);
5340 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5341 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5342 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5343 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5344 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5345 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5346 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5348 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5349 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5350 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5353 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (struct frame
*frame
)
5355 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5356 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5359 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5360 fset_scroll_bars (frame
, XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
);
5361 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5362 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5363 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5364 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5365 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (frame
, bar
);
5370 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5371 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5374 XTredeem_scroll_bar (struct window
*window
)
5376 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5380 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5381 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5384 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5386 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5387 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5388 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5390 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5392 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5393 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5395 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5396 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5397 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, bar
->next
);
5399 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5400 one or the other! */
5404 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5406 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5407 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5409 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5411 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5412 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
5413 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5414 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5417 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5418 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5421 XTjudge_scroll_bars (struct frame
*f
)
5423 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5425 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5427 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5428 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5429 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, Qnil
);
5431 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5433 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5435 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5438 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5441 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5442 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5446 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5447 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5448 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5450 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5454 x_scroll_bar_expose (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5456 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5457 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5458 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5459 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5463 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5465 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5466 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5467 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5468 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5470 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5471 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5473 /* x, y, width, height */
5475 bar
->width
- 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5478 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5479 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5480 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5481 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5486 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5488 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5489 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5491 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5496 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*emacs_event
)
5498 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5501 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5502 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5503 emacs_event
->modifiers
5504 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5505 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5506 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5507 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5510 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5511 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5512 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5515 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5516 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5519 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5522 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5523 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5524 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5526 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5528 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5529 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5530 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5531 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5533 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5534 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5536 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5537 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5541 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5542 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5546 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5548 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5550 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5554 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5556 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5558 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5561 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5563 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5564 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5566 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5567 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5569 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5571 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5573 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5578 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5580 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5581 on the scroll bar. */
5584 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
5585 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
,
5586 Lisp_Object
*y
, Time
*timestamp
)
5588 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5589 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5590 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5592 Window dummy_window
;
5594 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5598 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5600 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5602 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5603 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5604 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5606 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5609 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5615 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5617 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5619 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5620 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5624 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5628 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5630 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5631 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5632 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5633 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5634 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5635 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5637 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5639 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5640 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5643 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5646 *timestamp
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5652 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5653 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5654 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5658 x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*f
)
5660 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5663 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5664 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5665 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5666 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5667 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5668 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5669 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5670 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5672 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5676 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5678 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5679 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5680 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5681 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5683 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5684 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5686 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5688 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5689 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5691 static int temp_index
;
5692 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5694 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5695 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5697 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5699 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5700 on a particular display. */
5702 static struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5704 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5705 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5706 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5707 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5709 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5711 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || defined USE_GTK
5712 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT \
5715 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5716 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event = \
5717 xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5718 *f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event = event; \
5719 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5720 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5732 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5733 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5734 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5736 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5738 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5742 x_filter_event (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
)
5744 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5745 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5746 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5749 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5750 event
->xclient
.window
);
5752 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5757 static int current_count
;
5758 static int current_finish
;
5759 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5761 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5762 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5763 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5764 static GdkFilterReturn
5765 event_handler_gdk (GdkXEvent
*gxev
, GdkEvent
*ev
, gpointer data
)
5767 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5770 if (current_count
>= 0)
5772 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5774 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5777 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5778 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5779 so we do it here. */
5780 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5782 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5785 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5790 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5793 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5797 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5801 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5802 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5804 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5806 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5809 static void xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time
,
5810 enum xembed_message
,
5811 long detail
, long data1
, long data2
);
5813 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5815 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5816 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5817 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5819 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5822 handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*eventptr
,
5823 int *finish
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
5826 struct input_event ie
;
5827 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5831 ptrdiff_t nbytes
= 0;
5832 struct frame
*f
= NULL
;
5833 struct coding_system coding
;
5834 XEvent event
= *eventptr
;
5835 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
5838 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5840 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5841 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5844 if (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
== event
.type
)
5845 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
5851 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5852 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5853 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5855 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5856 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5858 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5859 could be the shell widget window
5860 if the frame has no title bar. */
5861 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5863 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5864 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5865 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5867 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5868 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5869 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5870 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5871 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5874 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5875 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5876 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5877 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5880 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5881 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5882 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5885 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5886 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5887 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5889 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5890 /* The ICCCM says this is
5891 the only valid choice. */
5893 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5894 /* This is needed to detect the error
5895 if there is an error. */
5897 x_uncatch_errors ();
5899 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5904 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5905 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5907 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5908 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5909 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5910 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5911 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5912 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5913 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5914 session manager and one for this. */
5916 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5919 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5920 event
.xclient
.window
);
5921 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5922 for a single Emacs process. */
5923 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5924 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5925 event
.xclient
.window
,
5926 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5928 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5929 event
.xclient
.window
,
5935 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5936 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5938 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5939 event
.xclient
.window
);
5941 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5943 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5944 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5951 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5952 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5957 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5958 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5961 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5963 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5964 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5968 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5975 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5976 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5978 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5980 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5984 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5986 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5987 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5988 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5989 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5991 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5992 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5993 currently never do because we are interested in
5994 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5995 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5996 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5999 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
6000 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
6004 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6005 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
6006 we construct an input_event. */
6007 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6008 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
6010 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
6011 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6014 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6016 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
6017 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6018 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
6020 enum xembed_message msg
= event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6021 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
6022 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6024 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6028 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6030 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6033 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
6034 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6038 case SelectionNotify
:
6039 last_user_time
= event
.xselection
.time
;
6040 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6041 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
6043 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6044 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
6047 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
6048 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionclear
.time
;
6049 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6050 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
6052 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6054 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= &(event
.xselectionclear
);
6056 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
6057 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6058 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6059 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6063 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
6064 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionrequest
.time
;
6065 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6066 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
6068 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6070 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
= &(event
.xselectionrequest
);
6072 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6073 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6074 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6075 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6076 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
6077 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
6078 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6082 case PropertyNotify
:
6083 last_user_time
= event
.xproperty
.time
;
6084 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
);
6085 if (f
&& event
.xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
6086 if (x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
.xproperty
)
6087 && FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
6088 && f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
)
6090 /* Gnome shell does not iconify us when C-z is pressed.
6091 It hides the frame. So if our state says we aren't
6092 hidden anymore, treat it as deiconified. */
6093 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
6094 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
6095 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6096 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 0;
6097 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6098 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6101 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6102 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6105 case ReparentNotify
:
6106 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6110 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6111 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6115 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6116 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6117 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6119 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
6124 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6128 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6129 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6130 event
.xexpose
.window
,
6131 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6132 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
6135 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
6137 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
6138 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
6139 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6140 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6144 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6145 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6149 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6150 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6152 #if defined USE_LUCID
6153 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6154 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6155 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6158 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6160 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6162 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6164 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6165 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6167 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6168 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6169 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6172 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6173 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6176 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6177 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6181 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6182 source area was obscured or not
6184 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6188 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6189 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6190 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6192 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6195 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6198 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6199 source area was completely
6204 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6205 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6208 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6211 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6212 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6213 the frame was deleted. */
6215 bool visible
= FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);
6216 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6217 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6218 display that won't ever be seen. */
6219 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
6220 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6221 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6222 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6223 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6224 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6225 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6226 if (visible
|| FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6228 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
6229 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6230 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6236 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6237 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6238 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6241 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6242 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6243 frame is visible. */
6244 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6247 bool iconified
= FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
);
6248 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6249 the frame's display structures.
6250 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6251 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6252 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6253 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6255 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6257 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
6258 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
6259 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
6260 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6262 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
6263 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
6264 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6268 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6269 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6271 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
) && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6272 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later to update the
6273 frame titles in case this is the second frame. */
6274 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6277 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
6284 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6285 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6287 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6288 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6289 if (popup_activated ())
6293 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6295 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6296 mouse highlighting. */
6297 if (!hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6299 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6301 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6302 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6305 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6308 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6309 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6310 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6312 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6314 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6315 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6318 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6322 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6323 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6324 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6327 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6328 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6329 status_return even if the input is too long to
6330 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6331 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6332 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6333 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6334 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6335 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6336 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6338 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6342 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6343 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6344 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6346 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6350 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6351 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6352 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6354 /* This will have to go some day... */
6356 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6357 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6358 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6359 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6360 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6361 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6362 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6364 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6365 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6366 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6367 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6368 not it is combined with Meta. */
6369 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6370 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6375 Status status_return
;
6377 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6378 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6379 &event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6380 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6382 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6384 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6385 copy_bufptr
= alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6386 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6387 &event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6388 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6391 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6392 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6394 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6399 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6400 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6404 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6405 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6408 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6409 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6413 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6414 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6415 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6418 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6419 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6421 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6422 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6424 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6425 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6427 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6428 translations to characters. */
6429 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6430 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6432 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6433 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6437 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6438 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6440 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6441 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6443 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6444 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6448 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6449 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6450 && (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6455 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6456 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6457 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6458 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6462 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6463 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6464 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6465 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6466 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6467 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6469 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6470 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6472 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6473 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6474 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6475 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6476 || (XK_Select
<= keysym
&& keysym
< XK_KP_Space
)
6478 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6479 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6481 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6482 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6484 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6485 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6487 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6488 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6490 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6491 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6493 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6494 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6496 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6497 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6499 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6500 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6502 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6503 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6505 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6506 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6508 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6509 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6511 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6512 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6514 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6515 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6517 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6518 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6519 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6520 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6521 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6522 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6523 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6524 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6525 don't have real modifiers but
6526 should be treated similarly to
6527 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6528 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6529 || (XK_ISO_Lock
<= orig_keysym
6530 && orig_keysym
<= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6534 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6535 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6537 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6538 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6542 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6546 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6548 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6550 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6553 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6555 /* Decode the input data. */
6557 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6558 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6559 we used just above and the locale. */
6560 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6561 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6562 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6563 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6564 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6565 gives us composition information. */
6566 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6568 SAFE_NALLOCA (coding
.destination
, MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
,
6570 coding
.dst_bytes
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6571 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6572 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6573 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6574 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6575 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6578 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6579 character events. */
6580 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6583 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6584 ch
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6586 ch
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
6587 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (ch
)
6588 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6589 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6591 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6596 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6598 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6604 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6605 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6613 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6615 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6616 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6624 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6625 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6627 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6629 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6630 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6632 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6633 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6634 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6635 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6637 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6638 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6639 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6640 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6645 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6649 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6650 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6652 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6655 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6657 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6658 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6659 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6660 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6663 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6664 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6665 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6666 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6667 if (any_help_event_p
)
6671 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6672 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6673 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6678 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6683 last_user_time
= event
.xmotion
.time
;
6684 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6685 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6687 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6688 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6689 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6691 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6693 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6695 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6696 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6700 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6706 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
6707 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
6708 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
6712 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6713 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6716 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6717 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6718 will be selected only when it is active. */
6719 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6720 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6721 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6722 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6723 create event iff we don't leave the
6725 && (focus_follows_mouse
6726 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6727 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6729 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6730 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6735 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6736 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6740 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6741 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6742 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6743 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6746 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6747 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6749 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6750 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6751 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6754 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6755 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6756 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6757 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6762 case ConfigureNotify
:
6763 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6766 && (f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
))
6767 && event
.xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6769 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6770 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6776 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6778 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6779 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6781 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6782 is called by the code that handles resizing
6783 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6785 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6786 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6787 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6788 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6789 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6790 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6791 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6793 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6794 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6795 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6798 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6799 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6800 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6804 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6805 Only get real positions when mapped. */
6806 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6807 && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6810 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6814 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6815 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6824 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6825 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6826 bool tool_bar_p
= 0;
6828 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6829 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6830 last_user_time
= event
.xbutton
.time
;
6832 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6834 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6835 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6837 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6840 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6845 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6846 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6847 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6850 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6851 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6853 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 1);
6854 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6856 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
.xbutton
.button
< 4)
6858 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
,
6859 event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6860 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6861 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6866 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6867 if (! popup_activated ())
6870 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6872 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6873 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6875 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6876 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6878 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6879 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6882 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6884 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6885 xembed_send_message (f
, event
.xbutton
.time
,
6886 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6890 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6891 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6892 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6894 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6895 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6897 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6899 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6900 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6902 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6904 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6905 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6908 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6910 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6911 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6914 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6917 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6919 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6920 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6921 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6925 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6926 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6927 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6928 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6929 Instead, save it away
6930 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6931 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6932 if (! popup_activated ()
6934 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
6935 && event
.xbutton
.button
< 3
6937 && f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6938 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6939 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6940 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6941 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6942 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6943 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6944 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6946 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6947 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6951 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6955 case CirculateNotify
:
6958 case CirculateRequest
:
6961 case VisibilityNotify
:
6965 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6967 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6969 case MappingModifier
:
6970 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6971 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6972 case MappingKeyboard
:
6973 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
6978 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6983 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6985 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6986 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
6988 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6993 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6995 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
7000 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
7005 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
7011 any_help_event_p
= 1;
7012 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
7013 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
7017 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
7018 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
7028 #if defined USE_GTK || defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
7030 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
7031 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
7032 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
7034 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
7036 x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*event
, Display
*display
)
7038 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7039 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7041 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
7044 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
7051 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7052 Return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7054 Return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7055 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
7056 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
7060 XTread_socket (struct terminal
*terminal
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
7063 int event_found
= 0;
7067 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7068 input_signal_count
++;
7070 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7071 if (terminal
->display_info
.x
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7073 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7074 x_io_error_quitter (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
);
7078 while (XPending (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
))
7083 XNextEvent (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
, &event
);
7086 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7087 if (x_filter_event (terminal
->display_info
.x
, &event
))
7092 count
+= handle_one_xevent (terminal
->display_info
.x
,
7093 &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7095 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7103 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7104 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7105 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7106 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7108 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7109 from all displays. */
7111 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7113 current_count
= count
;
7114 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7116 gtk_main_iteration ();
7118 count
= current_count
;
7120 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7122 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7125 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7127 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7128 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7131 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7132 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7133 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7135 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7139 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7140 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7142 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7144 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7145 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7149 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7151 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7152 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7154 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7155 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7166 /***********************************************************************
7168 ***********************************************************************/
7170 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7171 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7173 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7174 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7175 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7178 x_clip_to_row (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int area
, GC gc
)
7180 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7181 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7182 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7184 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7186 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7187 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7188 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7189 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7190 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7192 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7196 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7199 x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
7201 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7202 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7203 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7206 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7209 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7210 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7211 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7212 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7215 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7216 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7217 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7219 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7220 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7221 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7222 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7223 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7225 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7226 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7227 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7229 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7230 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7231 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7232 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7236 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7238 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7239 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7240 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7244 x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int width
, enum text_cursor_kinds kind
)
7246 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7247 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7249 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7250 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7252 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7253 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7256 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7257 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7258 the bar might not be in the window. */
7259 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7261 struct glyph_row
*r
;
7262 r
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7263 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, r
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7267 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7268 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7269 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7270 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7271 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7274 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7275 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7276 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7277 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7278 that the glyph is legible. */
7279 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7280 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7282 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7283 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7286 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7289 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7290 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7293 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7295 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7297 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7300 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7301 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7303 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7305 /* If the character under cursor is R2L, draw the bar cursor
7306 on the right of its glyph, rather than on the left. */
7307 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0)
7308 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- width
;
7310 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
, x
,
7311 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7312 width
, row
->height
);
7316 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
7319 width
= row
->height
;
7321 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
7323 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
7324 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
7326 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7327 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7328 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7329 row
->height
- width
),
7330 w
->phys_cursor_width
, width
);
7333 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7338 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7341 x_define_frame_cursor (struct frame
*f
, Cursor cursor
)
7343 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
7344 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
7345 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7346 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
7350 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7353 x_clear_frame_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
7355 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7356 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7358 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
7359 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
7360 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
7365 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7368 x_draw_window_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
, int x
,
7369 int y
, enum text_cursor_kinds cursor_type
,
7370 int cursor_width
, bool on_p
, bool active_p
)
7372 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7376 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7377 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7379 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7380 && (glyph_row
->reversed_p
7381 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
7382 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
7384 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7385 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
7389 switch (cursor_type
)
7391 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7392 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7395 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7396 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7400 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7404 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7408 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7417 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7418 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7419 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7424 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7431 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7434 x_bitmap_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object file
)
7436 ptrdiff_t bitmap_id
;
7438 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7441 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7442 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7443 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7444 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7449 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7450 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7451 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7453 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7454 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7455 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7459 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7460 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7466 if (xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
7467 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7470 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7472 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7474 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7478 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7481 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, (char *) gnu_xbm_bits
,
7482 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7486 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7487 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7491 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7492 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7493 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7494 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7495 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7497 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7500 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7501 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7507 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7508 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7511 x_text_icon (struct frame
*f
, const char *icon_name
)
7513 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7518 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7519 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7521 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7522 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7525 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7526 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7527 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7528 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7533 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7535 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7536 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7538 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7539 be called from a signal handler.
7542 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7543 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7545 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7547 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7549 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7550 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7551 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7554 x_error_catcher (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7556 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
,
7557 x_error_message
->string
,
7558 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7561 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7562 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7565 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7566 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7567 stored in *x_error_message.
7569 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7570 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7572 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7575 x_catch_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7577 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof *data
);
7579 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7583 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7584 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7585 x_error_message
= data
;
7588 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7589 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7592 x_uncatch_errors (void)
7594 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7598 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7599 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7600 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7601 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7603 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7604 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7609 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7610 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7611 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7614 x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
)
7616 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7619 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7621 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7622 memcpy (string
, x_error_message
->string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7623 x_uncatch_errors ();
7624 error (format
, string
);
7628 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7629 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7632 x_had_errors_p (Display
*dpy
)
7634 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7637 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7640 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7643 x_clear_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7645 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7648 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7649 * idea. --lorentey */
7650 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7653 x_fully_uncatch_errors (void)
7655 while (x_error_message
)
7656 x_uncatch_errors ();
7661 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7664 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7669 /************************************************************************
7671 ************************************************************************/
7673 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7675 static char *error_msg
;
7677 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7678 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7681 x_connection_closed (Display
*dpy
, const char *error_message
)
7683 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7684 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7685 ptrdiff_t idx
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7687 error_msg
= alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7688 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7690 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7691 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7695 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7697 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7698 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7701 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7702 that are on the dead display. */
7703 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7705 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7707 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7708 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7709 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7710 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7711 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7712 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7715 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7716 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7717 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7718 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7719 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7720 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7722 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
7723 trying to find a replacement. */
7724 kset_default_minibuffer_frame (FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
)), Qt
);
7725 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7728 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display in the
7729 first place, so don't try to close it. */
7732 /* We can not call XtCloseDisplay here because it calls XSync.
7733 XSync inside the error handler apparently hangs Emacs. On
7734 current Xt versions, this isn't needed either. */
7736 /* A long-standing GTK bug prevents proper disconnect handling
7737 (https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). Once,
7738 the resulting Glib error message loop filled a user's disk.
7739 To avoid this, kill Emacs unconditionally on disconnect. */
7740 shut_down_emacs (0, Qnil
);
7741 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n\
7742 When compiled with GTK, Emacs cannot recover from X disconnects.\n\
7743 This is a GTK bug: https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715\n\
7744 For details, see etc/PROBLEMS.\n",
7747 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7749 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7750 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7752 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7753 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7754 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7755 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7760 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7761 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7765 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7767 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7768 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
7772 totally_unblock_input ();
7774 unbind_to (idx
, Qnil
);
7775 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7777 /* Tell GCC not to suggest attribute 'noreturn' for this function. */
7778 IF_LINT (if (! terminal_list
) return; )
7780 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7781 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7782 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7783 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7786 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7787 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7788 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*, XErrorEvent
*);
7790 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7791 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7794 x_error_handler (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7796 #if defined USE_GTK && defined HAVE_GTK3
7797 if ((event
->error_code
== BadMatch
|| event
->error_code
== BadWindow
)
7798 && event
->request_code
== X_SetInputFocus
)
7804 if (x_error_message
)
7805 x_error_catcher (display
, event
);
7807 x_error_quitter (display
, event
);
7811 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7812 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7813 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7815 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7817 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7818 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7820 static void NO_INLINE
7821 x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7823 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7825 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
7826 or colors that are not defined. */
7828 if (event
->error_code
== BadName
)
7831 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7832 original error handler. */
7834 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7835 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7836 buf
, event
->request_code
);
7837 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7841 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7842 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7843 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7846 x_io_error_quitter (Display
*display
)
7850 snprintf (buf
, sizeof buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'",
7851 DisplayString (display
));
7852 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7856 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7858 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
7859 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
7860 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
7864 x_new_font (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object font_object
, int fontset
)
7866 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
7869 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
7870 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7871 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
7872 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
7876 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
7877 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
7878 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
7879 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
7881 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7883 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7884 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7886 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7887 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7888 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7892 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7893 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7896 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7898 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7899 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7900 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7901 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7902 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7907 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7910 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SSDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7919 /***********************************************************************
7921 ***********************************************************************/
7927 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7928 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7929 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7932 xim_destroy_callback (XIM xim
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
7934 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7935 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7939 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7940 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7942 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7943 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
7945 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
7946 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
7950 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
7951 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7952 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
7956 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
7959 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
7960 extern char *XSetIMValues (XIM
, ...);
7963 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
7964 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
7967 xim_open_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
7975 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
7976 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
7983 XIMCallback destroy
;
7986 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
7987 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
7990 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
7991 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
7992 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
7998 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
7999 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8003 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8005 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8006 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8007 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8008 when the callback was registered. */
8011 xim_instantiate_callback (Display
*display
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
8013 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8014 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8016 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8020 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8022 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8023 as they have no XIC. */
8024 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8026 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8029 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8031 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8034 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8035 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8037 create_frame_xic (f
);
8038 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8039 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8040 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8042 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8043 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8052 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8055 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8056 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8057 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8058 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8061 xim_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8063 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8067 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8068 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= xmalloc (sizeof *xim_inst
);
8070 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
8071 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8072 xim_inst
->resource_name
= xstrdup (resource_name
);
8073 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8074 resource_name
, emacs_class
,
8075 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8076 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8077 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8078 least, hence the configure test. */
8079 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8080 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8081 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8082 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8084 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8088 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8091 xim_close_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
8096 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8097 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8098 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8100 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8101 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
->resource_name
);
8102 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
);
8103 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8104 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8105 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8106 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8107 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8109 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8112 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8116 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8117 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8120 x_calc_absolute_position (struct frame
*f
)
8122 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8124 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8125 is already for the top-left corner. */
8126 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8129 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8130 position that fits on the screen. */
8131 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8132 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8133 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8136 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8138 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8139 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8140 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8142 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8143 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8144 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8145 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8148 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8149 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8151 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8154 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8155 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8156 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8159 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8160 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8161 so the flags should correspond. */
8162 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8165 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8166 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8167 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8168 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8169 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8172 x_set_offset (struct frame
*f
, register int xoff
, register int yoff
, int change_gravity
)
8174 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8176 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8178 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->left_before_move
= f
->left_pos
;
8179 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->top_before_move
= f
->top_pos
;
8183 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8185 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8187 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8188 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8190 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8193 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8195 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8196 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8198 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8200 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8201 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8202 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8203 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8204 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8207 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8208 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8210 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8211 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8214 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8215 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8216 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8217 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8220 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8221 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8222 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8224 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8225 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8226 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8227 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8228 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8229 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8234 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8235 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8236 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8237 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8238 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8241 wm_supports (struct frame
*f
, Atom want_atom
)
8244 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8245 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8246 Window wmcheck_window
;
8247 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8248 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8249 long max_len
= 65536;
8250 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8251 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8252 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8256 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8257 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8258 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
,
8259 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8260 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8261 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8263 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8265 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8266 x_uncatch_errors ();
8271 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8274 /* Check if window exists. */
8275 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8277 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8279 x_uncatch_errors ();
8284 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8286 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8287 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8288 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8289 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8290 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8291 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8293 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8295 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8296 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
,
8297 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8298 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8299 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8301 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8303 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8304 x_uncatch_errors ();
8309 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8310 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8311 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8316 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8317 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8319 x_uncatch_errors ();
8326 set_wm_state (Lisp_Object frame
, int add
, Atom atom
, Atom value
)
8328 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
));
8330 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8331 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8333 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
8335 (make_number (add
? 1 : 0),
8337 (make_fixnum_or_float (atom
),
8339 ? list1 (make_fixnum_or_float (value
))
8344 x_set_sticky (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object new_value
, Lisp_Object old_value
)
8347 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8349 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8351 set_wm_state (frame
, NILP (new_value
) ? 0 : 1,
8352 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
, None
);
8355 /* Return the current _NET_WM_STATE.
8356 SIZE_STATE is set to one of the FULLSCREEN_* values.
8357 STICKY is set to 1 if the sticky state is set, 0 if not.
8359 Return non-zero if we are not hidden, zero if we are. */
8362 get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*f
,
8368 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8369 int i
, rc
, actual_format
, is_hidden
= 0;
8370 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8371 long max_len
= 65536;
8372 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8373 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8374 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8377 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8380 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8381 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, window
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8382 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8383 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8384 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8386 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8388 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8389 x_uncatch_errors ();
8391 return !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
);
8394 x_uncatch_errors ();
8396 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
8398 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
8399 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
8402 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 1;
8404 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
8406 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8407 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8409 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
8411 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
8413 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8414 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8416 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
8418 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
8419 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
8420 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
8424 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8429 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8432 do_ewmh_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8434 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8435 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
);
8438 (void)get_current_wm_state (f
, FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &cur
, &dummy
);
8440 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8441 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8443 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
);
8445 if (have_net_atom
&& cur
!= f
->want_fullscreen
)
8449 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8451 /* Keep number of calls to set_wm_state as low as possible.
8452 Some window managers, or possible Gtk+, hangs when too many
8453 are sent at once. */
8454 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8456 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8457 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
8458 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8459 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8460 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8461 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8463 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8464 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
8465 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8466 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8467 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8468 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8469 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
8471 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8472 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
8473 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8474 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8475 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
);
8476 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8477 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
8479 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8480 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8481 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8482 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8483 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8485 case FULLSCREEN_NONE
:
8486 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8487 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8489 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8490 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8493 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8497 return have_net_atom
;
8501 XTfullscreen_hook (struct frame
*f
)
8503 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8506 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
8514 x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, XPropertyEvent
*event
)
8516 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8519 int not_hidden
= get_current_wm_state (f
, event
->window
, &value
, &sticky
);
8524 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8527 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8530 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8533 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8538 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
8539 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
8544 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8545 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8547 x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8549 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8552 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8553 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
8555 /* Setting fullscreen to nil doesn't do anything. We could save the
8556 last non-fullscreen size and restore it, but it seems like a
8557 lot of work for this unusual case (no window manager running). */
8559 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
8561 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
), height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8562 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8564 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8566 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
8567 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8568 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8569 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8570 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8572 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8573 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8575 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8576 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8579 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8584 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8585 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8586 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8587 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8588 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8589 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8590 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8593 x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*f
, int expected_left
, int expected_top
)
8595 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8597 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8598 window manager window around the frame. */
8600 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8602 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8604 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8609 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8610 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8611 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8613 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8615 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8616 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8618 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8619 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8621 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8624 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8625 frame's position. */
8627 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8631 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8632 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8633 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8634 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8635 of an exact comparison. */
8638 x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*f
, int left
, int top
, int fuzzy
)
8642 while (count
++ < 50)
8644 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8646 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8647 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8650 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8651 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8655 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8658 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8659 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8662 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8666 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8667 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8669 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8673 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
8675 x_wait_for_event (struct frame
*f
, int eventtype
)
8677 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
8680 struct timespec tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
8681 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8683 pending_event_wait
.f
= f
;
8684 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= eventtype
;
8686 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticeable.
8687 Maybe it should be configurable. */
8688 tmo
= make_timespec (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
8689 tmo_at
= timespec_add (current_timespec (), tmo
);
8691 while (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
)
8693 pending_signals
= 1;
8694 totally_unblock_input ();
8695 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
8697 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
8702 time_now
= current_timespec ();
8703 if (timespec_cmp (tmo_at
, time_now
) < 0)
8706 tmo
= timespec_sub (tmo_at
, time_now
);
8707 if (pselect (fd
+ 1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
, NULL
) == 0)
8708 break; /* Timeout */
8710 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
8711 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
8715 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8716 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8717 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8718 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8721 x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8723 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8725 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8726 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8727 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8729 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
8731 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8733 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
)
8734 + FRAME_TOOLBAR_WIDTH (f
);
8735 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
)
8736 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8738 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8739 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8740 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8741 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8744 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8745 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8746 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8747 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8748 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8750 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8751 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8752 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8753 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8755 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8756 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8757 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8758 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8759 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8761 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8764 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
8765 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
8766 for the ConfigureNotify. */
8767 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8768 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
8771 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8772 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8773 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8779 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8780 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8781 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8782 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8785 x_set_window_size (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8789 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8793 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
8794 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
8795 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/cols to
8796 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
8797 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
8798 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
8799 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
8800 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8801 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8802 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
8804 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8806 r
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, pixelh
);
8807 /* Update f->scroll_bar_actual_width because it is used in
8808 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS. */
8809 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8810 = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8811 c
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
8812 change_frame_size (f
, r
, c
, 0, 1, 0);
8816 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8817 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8819 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8820 #else /* not USE_GTK */
8822 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8824 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8826 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8827 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8829 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8830 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8831 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8832 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8833 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8838 /* Mouse warping. */
8841 x_set_mouse_position (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
)
8845 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8846 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8848 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8849 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8851 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8852 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8856 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8857 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8861 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8864 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame
*f
, int pix_x
, int pix_y
)
8868 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8869 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8873 /* Raise frame F. */
8876 x_raise_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8879 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8880 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8881 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8885 /* Lower frame F. */
8888 x_lower_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8890 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8893 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8894 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8899 /* Request focus with XEmbed */
8902 xembed_request_focus (struct frame
*f
)
8904 /* See XEmbed Protocol Specification at
8905 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/xembed-spec */
8906 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8907 xembed_send_message (f
, CurrentTime
,
8908 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
8911 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
8914 x_ewmh_activate_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8916 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8917 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
8919 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8921 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
))
8924 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8925 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8926 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
,
8927 make_number (32), list2i (1, last_user_time
));
8932 XTframe_raise_lower (struct frame
*f
, int raise_flag
)
8940 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8942 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK
8944 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8946 #define XEMBED_VERSION 0
8949 xembed_set_info (struct frame
*f
, enum xembed_info flags
)
8951 unsigned long data
[2];
8952 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8954 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
8957 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8958 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
,
8959 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
8961 #endif /* defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK */
8964 xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time t
, enum xembed_message msg
,
8965 long int detail
, long int data1
, long int data2
)
8969 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
8970 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
8971 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
8972 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
8973 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = t
;
8974 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = msg
;
8975 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
8976 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
8977 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
8979 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
8980 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
8981 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8984 /* Change of visibility. */
8986 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
8987 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
8988 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
8989 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
8990 but it will become visible later when the window manager
8991 finishes with it. */
8994 x_make_frame_visible (struct frame
*f
)
8997 int original_top
, original_left
;
8998 int retry_count
= 2;
9004 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9006 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9008 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9010 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
9011 call x_set_offset a second time
9012 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
9013 before the window gets really visible. */
9014 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9015 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9016 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
9017 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9019 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
9021 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9022 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
9023 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9024 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9025 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9028 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9029 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9031 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9033 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9034 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9036 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9037 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9039 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9040 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9041 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9044 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9046 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9047 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9048 so that incoming events are handled. */
9052 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
9053 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
9054 will set it when they are handled. */
9055 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
9057 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9058 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9060 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9063 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
9065 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
9066 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
9067 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
9068 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
9070 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
9071 because the window manager may choose the position
9072 and we don't want to override it. */
9074 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9075 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9076 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9077 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
9078 && previously_visible
)
9082 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
9086 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
9087 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
9088 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
9089 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
9090 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
9091 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
9092 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
9093 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9094 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
9096 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
9097 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9098 original_left
, original_top
);
9103 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9105 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9106 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9107 MapNotify at all.. */
9108 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9109 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9111 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9114 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9115 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9116 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9117 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9118 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9120 if (input_polling_used ())
9122 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9123 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9124 handler reset it. */
9125 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9126 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9127 poll_for_input_1 ();
9128 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9134 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
9138 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
9139 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
9140 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
9141 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
9143 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
!= 0)
9148 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9150 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9153 x_make_frame_invisible (struct frame
*f
)
9157 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9158 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9160 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9161 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9162 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9166 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9167 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9168 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9169 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9170 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9171 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9174 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9175 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9178 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9179 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9184 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9185 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9188 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9192 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9193 just by the event that we get from the server.
9194 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9195 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9196 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9197 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9198 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
9205 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9208 x_iconify_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9210 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9215 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9216 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9217 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9219 if (FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
9224 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9226 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9228 #if defined (USE_GTK)
9229 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9231 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9232 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9234 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9235 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9236 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9242 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9244 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9246 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9247 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9248 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9249 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9250 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9251 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9252 so we have to record it here. */
9253 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9254 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9259 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9260 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9261 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9265 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9267 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9268 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9271 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9273 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9275 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9276 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9277 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9278 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9279 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9280 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9282 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9283 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9285 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9286 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9290 msg
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9291 msg
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9292 msg
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9293 msg
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9294 msg
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9296 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9297 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9299 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9303 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9307 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9309 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9311 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9313 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9314 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9317 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9318 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9320 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9322 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9326 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9329 x_free_frame_resources (struct frame
*f
)
9331 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9332 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
9333 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9335 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9340 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9341 commands to the X server. */
9342 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9344 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9345 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9347 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9348 free_frame_faces (f
);
9350 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9351 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9353 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9354 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9355 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9356 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9357 toolkit scroll bars. */
9358 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9360 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9361 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9370 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9371 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9373 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9374 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9376 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9377 we are using a toolkit. */
9378 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9379 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9381 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9382 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9385 xg_free_frame_widgets (f
);
9386 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9388 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9389 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9390 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9392 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9393 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9394 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9395 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9396 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9397 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9399 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9400 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9401 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9402 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9403 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9404 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9405 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9406 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9407 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9408 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9409 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9410 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9411 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9412 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9413 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9417 /* Free extra GCs allocated by x_setup_relief_colors. */
9418 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
)
9420 XFreeGC (dpyinfo
->display
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
);
9421 f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
= 0;
9423 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
)
9425 XFreeGC (dpyinfo
->display
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
);
9426 f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
= 0;
9429 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9432 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9433 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9434 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9436 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9437 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9438 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9439 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9440 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9441 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9442 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9443 reset_mouse_highlight (hlinfo
);
9449 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9452 x_destroy_window (struct frame
*f
)
9454 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9456 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9457 commands to the X server. */
9458 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9459 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9461 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9465 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9467 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9468 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9469 that the window now has.
9470 If USER_POSITION, set the USPosition
9471 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9472 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c. */
9476 x_wm_set_size_hint (struct frame
*f
, long flags
, bool user_position
)
9478 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9479 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9481 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9482 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9484 widget_update_wm_size_hints (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9489 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9490 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9492 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9493 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9495 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9496 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9498 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9499 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9500 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9501 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9502 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9503 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9505 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
9507 int base_width
, base_height
;
9508 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9510 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9511 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9513 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9515 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9516 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9517 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9518 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9519 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9521 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9522 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9523 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9525 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9526 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9527 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9528 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9529 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9532 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9535 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9540 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9541 long supplied_return
;
9544 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9548 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9553 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9554 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9555 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9556 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9557 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9558 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9559 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9560 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9567 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9568 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9572 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9573 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9575 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9577 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9579 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9581 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9584 x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*f
, int state
)
9586 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9589 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9590 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9591 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9592 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9594 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9595 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9597 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9598 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9602 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*f
, ptrdiff_t pixmap_id
)
9604 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9606 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
9607 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9612 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9613 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9614 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9615 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9619 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
9627 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9631 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9635 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9636 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9637 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9638 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9641 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9643 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9644 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9646 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9650 x_wm_set_icon_position (struct frame
*f
, int icon_x
, int icon_y
)
9652 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9654 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9655 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9656 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9658 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9662 /***********************************************************************
9664 ***********************************************************************/
9668 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9672 x_check_font (struct frame
*f
, struct font
*font
)
9674 eassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9675 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9676 eassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9679 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
9682 /***********************************************************************
9684 ***********************************************************************/
9686 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9687 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9688 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9689 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9691 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9692 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9693 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9695 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9696 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9697 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9698 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9699 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9700 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9701 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9704 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9706 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9708 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9710 static int x_initialized
;
9712 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9713 the screen number from the server number. */
9715 same_x_server (const char *name1
, const char *name2
)
9718 const char *system_name
= SSDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9719 ptrdiff_t system_name_length
= SBYTES (Vsystem_name
);
9720 ptrdiff_t length_until_period
= 0;
9722 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9723 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9724 length_until_period
++;
9726 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9727 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9729 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9731 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9732 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9733 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9734 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9735 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9736 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9737 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9738 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9739 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9740 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9741 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9742 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9743 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9744 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9746 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9750 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
9754 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
9755 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
9758 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
9759 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
9762 get_bits_and_offset (long unsigned int mask
, int *bits
, int *offset
)
9783 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
9784 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
9787 x_display_ok (const char *display
)
9789 Display
*dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
9790 return dpy
? (XCloseDisplay (dpy
), 1) : 0;
9795 my_log_handler (const gchar
*log_domain
, GLogLevelFlags log_level
,
9796 const gchar
*msg
, gpointer user_data
)
9798 if (!strstr (msg
, "g_set_prgname"))
9799 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, msg
);
9803 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
9804 the structure that describes the open display.
9805 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
9807 struct x_display_info
*
9808 x_term_init (Lisp_Object display_name
, char *xrm_option
, char *resource_name
)
9812 struct terminal
*terminal
;
9813 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9825 if (! x_display_ok (SSDATA (display_name
)))
9826 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SSDATA (display_name
));
9832 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
9833 char **argv2
= argv
;
9836 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
9838 xg_display_open (SSDATA (display_name
), &dpy
);
9842 static char display_opt
[] = "--display";
9843 static char name_opt
[] = "--name";
9845 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
9849 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
9851 if (! NILP (display_name
))
9853 argv
[argc
++] = display_opt
;
9854 argv
[argc
++] = SSDATA (display_name
);
9857 argv
[argc
++] = name_opt
;
9858 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
9860 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9862 /* Emacs can only handle core input events, so make sure
9863 Gtk doesn't use Xinput or Xinput2 extensions. */
9864 xputenv ("GDK_CORE_DEVICE_EVENTS=1");
9866 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
9867 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
9868 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
9869 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
9871 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function.
9872 Call before gtk_init so Gtk+ event filters comes after our. */
9873 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
9875 /* gtk_init does set_locale. Fix locale before and after. */
9877 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
9880 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
9884 dpy
= DEFAULT_GDK_DISPLAY ();
9886 #if ! GTK_CHECK_VERSION (2, 90, 0)
9887 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
9889 const char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
9890 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
9892 s
= build_string (file
);
9893 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
9895 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
9896 gtk_rc_parse (SSDATA (abs_file
));
9900 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
9901 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
9904 #else /* not USE_GTK */
9905 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9906 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
9908 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
9909 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
9910 So let's not use it until R6. */
9912 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
9923 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
9924 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
9926 turn_on_atimers (0);
9927 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SSDATA (display_name
),
9928 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
9929 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
9931 turn_on_atimers (1);
9934 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
9939 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9940 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9941 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SSDATA (display_name
));
9942 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9943 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
9945 /* Detect failure. */
9952 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
9954 dpyinfo
= xzalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
);
9955 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
9958 struct x_display_info
*share
;
9961 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
9962 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
9963 if (same_x_server (SSDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
9964 SSDATA (display_name
)))
9967 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
9970 terminal
->kboard
= xmalloc (sizeof *terminal
->kboard
);
9971 init_kboard (terminal
->kboard
);
9972 kset_window_system (terminal
->kboard
, Qx
);
9974 /* Add the keyboard to the list before running Lisp code (via
9975 Qvendor_specific_keysyms below), since these are not traced
9976 via terminals but only through all_kboards. */
9977 terminal
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
9978 all_kboards
= terminal
->kboard
;
9980 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
9982 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
9984 /* Protect terminal from GC before removing it from the
9985 list of terminals. */
9986 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
9987 Lisp_Object gcpro_term
;
9988 XSETTERMINAL (gcpro_term
, terminal
);
9989 GCPRO1 (gcpro_term
);
9991 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
9992 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
9994 kset_system_key_alist
9996 call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
9997 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
));
9999 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
10000 terminal_list
= terminal
;
10004 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10005 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10006 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10007 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10008 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
10010 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10013 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10014 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10015 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10017 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10018 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10019 x_display_name_list
);
10020 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10022 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10024 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
10025 terminal
->name
= xlispstrdup (display_name
);
10028 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10031 lim
= min (PTRDIFF_MAX
, SIZE_MAX
) - sizeof "@";
10032 if (lim
- SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
) < SBYTES (Vsystem_name
))
10033 memory_full (SIZE_MAX
);
10034 dpyinfo
->x_id_name
= xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10035 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
) + 2);
10036 strcat (strcat (strcpy (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, SSDATA (Vinvocation_name
)), "@"),
10037 SSDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10039 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10040 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10042 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10044 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10045 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10046 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10048 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10049 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10051 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10052 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10053 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10054 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10056 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10058 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10060 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10062 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10063 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10064 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10065 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10066 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10067 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10068 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10070 reset_mouse_highlight (&dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
);
10072 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10073 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10075 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10076 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10077 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10078 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10079 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10080 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10083 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10084 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10086 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10089 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10090 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10091 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10093 if (STRINGP (value
)
10094 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10095 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10096 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10100 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10101 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10105 /* If we are using Xft, check dpi value in X resources.
10106 It is better we use it as well, since Xft will use it, as will all
10107 Gnome applications. If our real DPI is smaller or larger than the
10108 one Xft uses, our font will look smaller or larger than other
10109 for other applications, even if it is the same font name (monospace-10
10111 char *v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
10113 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
10114 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
10118 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
10120 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10121 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10122 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10123 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10124 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10125 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10126 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10127 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10128 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10132 static const struct
10137 #define ATOM_REFS_INIT(string, member) \
10138 { string, offsetof (struct x_display_info, member) },
10139 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_PROTOCOLS", Xatom_wm_protocols
)
10140 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_TAKE_FOCUS", Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
10141 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
10142 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_DELETE_WINDOW", Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
10143 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CHANGE_STATE", Xatom_wm_change_state
)
10144 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
10145 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_MOVED", Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
10146 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CLIENT_LEADER", Xatom_wm_client_leader
)
10147 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("Editres", Xatom_editres
)
10148 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("CLIPBOARD", Xatom_CLIPBOARD
)
10149 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TIMESTAMP", Xatom_TIMESTAMP
)
10150 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TEXT", Xatom_TEXT
)
10151 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("COMPOUND_TEXT", Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
)
10152 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("UTF8_STRING", Xatom_UTF8_STRING
)
10153 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("DELETE", Xatom_DELETE
)
10154 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("MULTIPLE", Xatom_MULTIPLE
)
10155 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("INCR", Xatom_INCR
)
10156 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_EMACS_TMP_", Xatom_EMACS_TMP
)
10157 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TARGETS", Xatom_TARGETS
)
10158 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("NULL", Xatom_NULL
)
10159 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("ATOM", Xatom_ATOM
)
10160 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("ATOM_PAIR", Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
)
10161 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("CLIPBOARD_MANAGER", Xatom_CLIPBOARD_MANAGER
)
10162 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XEMBED_INFO", Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
)
10163 /* For properties of font. */
10164 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("PIXEL_SIZE", Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
)
10165 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("AVERAGE_WIDTH", Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
)
10166 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
)
10167 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
)
10168 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
)
10169 /* Ghostscript support. */
10170 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("DONE", Xatom_DONE
)
10171 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("PAGE", Xatom_PAGE
)
10172 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("SCROLLBAR", Xatom_Scrollbar
)
10173 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XEMBED", Xatom_XEMBED
)
10175 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE", Xatom_net_wm_state
)
10176 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
10177 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ",
10178 Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
10179 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT",
10180 Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
10181 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
10182 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_HIDDEN", Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
10183 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", Xatom_net_window_type
)
10184 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP",
10185 Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
)
10186 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", Xatom_net_wm_icon_name
)
10187 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_NAME", Xatom_net_wm_name
)
10188 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_SUPPORTED", Xatom_net_supported
)
10189 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
)
10190 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY", Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
)
10191 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW", Xatom_net_active_window
)
10192 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_FRAME_EXTENTS", Xatom_net_frame_extents
)
10193 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_CURRENT_DESKTOP", Xatom_net_current_desktop
)
10194 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WORKAREA", Xatom_net_workarea
)
10195 /* Session management */
10196 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("SM_CLIENT_ID", Xatom_SM_CLIENT_ID
)
10197 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XSETTINGS_SETTINGS", Xatom_xsettings_prop
)
10198 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("MANAGER", Xatom_xsettings_mgr
)
10202 const int atom_count
= sizeof (atom_refs
) / sizeof (atom_refs
[0]);
10203 /* 1 for _XSETTINGS_SN */
10204 const int total_atom_count
= 1 + atom_count
;
10205 Atom
*atoms_return
= xmalloc (total_atom_count
* sizeof *atoms_return
);
10206 char **atom_names
= xmalloc (total_atom_count
* sizeof *atom_names
);
10207 static char const xsettings_fmt
[] = "_XSETTINGS_S%d";
10208 char xsettings_atom_name
[sizeof xsettings_fmt
- 2
10209 + INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int)];
10211 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10212 atom_names
[i
] = (char *) atom_refs
[i
].name
;
10214 /* Build _XSETTINGS_SN atom name */
10215 sprintf (xsettings_atom_name
, xsettings_fmt
,
10216 XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
));
10217 atom_names
[i
] = xsettings_atom_name
;
10219 XInternAtoms (dpyinfo
->display
, atom_names
, total_atom_count
,
10220 False
, atoms_return
);
10222 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10223 *(Atom
*) ((char *) dpyinfo
+ atom_refs
[i
].offset
) = atoms_return
[i
];
10225 /* Manual copy of last atom */
10226 dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_sel
= atoms_return
[i
];
10228 xfree (atom_names
);
10229 xfree (atoms_return
);
10232 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10233 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
10234 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10236 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10237 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10239 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10240 gray_bits
, gray_width
, gray_height
,
10244 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10247 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10249 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10250 if (connection
!= 0)
10251 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10254 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10255 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10257 if (interrupt_input
)
10258 init_sigio (connection
);
10262 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10265 dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10266 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10267 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10268 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10269 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10270 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10271 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10272 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10273 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10275 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10276 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10277 x_uncatch_errors ();
10281 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10282 for debugging X code. */
10285 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10286 build_string ("synchronous"),
10287 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10289 if (STRINGP (value
)
10290 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10291 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10292 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10297 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10298 build_string ("useXIM"),
10299 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10302 if (STRINGP (value
)
10303 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "false")
10304 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "off")))
10307 if (STRINGP (value
)
10308 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10309 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10315 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10316 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10318 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10319 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10327 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10328 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10331 x_delete_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10333 struct terminal
*t
;
10335 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10337 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10338 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10341 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10342 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10343 x_session_close ();
10345 delete_terminal (t
);
10349 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10351 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10352 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10353 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10354 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10355 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10360 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10361 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10363 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10365 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10368 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10372 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10373 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10375 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10376 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10379 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10381 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10382 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10383 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10386 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10387 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
10388 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10392 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10394 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10395 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10396 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10397 that slows us down. */
10400 x_process_timeouts (struct atimer
*timer
)
10403 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10404 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10406 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10407 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10408 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10409 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10414 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10415 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10416 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10417 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10418 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10419 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10420 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10423 x_activate_timeout_atimer (void)
10426 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10428 struct timespec interval
= make_timespec (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
10429 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10430 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10435 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10438 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10440 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10442 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10446 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10448 x_after_update_window_line
,
10449 x_update_window_begin
,
10450 x_update_window_end
,
10456 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10458 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10459 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10460 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10461 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10462 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10463 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10464 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10465 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10466 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10467 x_clear_frame_area
,
10468 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10469 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10470 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10474 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10476 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10478 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10480 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
10481 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10482 if (!terminal
->name
)
10487 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
10490 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10493 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10494 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10495 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10497 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10498 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10500 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
10501 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
10502 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
10503 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
10505 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
10506 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
10507 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
10508 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
10509 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
10510 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
10511 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
10512 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
10513 leaks in other situations. */
10515 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10516 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
10518 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
10520 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
10521 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
10522 closing all the displays. */
10523 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10527 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10529 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10530 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10532 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10534 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10537 /* Mark as dead. */
10538 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
10539 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10543 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10544 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10546 static struct terminal
*
10547 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10549 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10551 terminal
= create_terminal ();
10553 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
10554 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10555 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10557 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10559 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10560 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10561 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10562 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10563 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
10564 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10565 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10566 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10567 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10568 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10569 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10570 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10571 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10572 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10573 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10574 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10575 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10576 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10577 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10578 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10580 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10581 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10583 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10584 terminal
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10585 terminal
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10586 terminal
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10587 terminal
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10588 terminal
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10595 x_initialize (void)
10600 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10601 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10602 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10605 current_count
= -1;
10608 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10609 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10611 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10612 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10614 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10616 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10617 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10618 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10619 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10620 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10621 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10622 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10624 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10627 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10629 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10630 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10634 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
10635 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
10636 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
10638 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10639 original error handler. */
10640 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10641 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10646 syms_of_xterm (void)
10648 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10650 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10651 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10653 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10654 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10656 DEFSYM (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
, "vendor-specific-keysyms");
10657 DEFSYM (Qlatin_1
, "latin-1");
10660 xg_default_icon_file
= build_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
10661 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
10663 DEFSYM (Qx_gtk_map_stock
, "x-gtk-map-stock");
10666 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10667 x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10668 doc
: /* Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10669 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10670 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10671 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
10672 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
10674 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10676 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10677 x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10678 doc
: /* Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10679 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10680 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10681 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10682 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10684 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10685 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10686 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10687 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10688 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10689 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10690 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10691 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10692 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10694 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10695 doc
: /* Which toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses, if any.
10696 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use toolkit scroll bars.
10697 With the X Window system, the value is a symbol describing the
10698 X toolkit. Possible values are: gtk, motif, xaw, or xaw3d.
10699 With MS Windows or Nextstep, the value is t. */);
10700 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10702 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
10703 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10704 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
10706 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
10708 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
10711 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10714 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10715 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10717 Qmodifier_value
= intern_c_string ("modifier-value");
10718 Qalt
= intern_c_string ("alt");
10719 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10720 Qhyper
= intern_c_string ("hyper");
10721 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10722 Qmeta
= intern_c_string ("meta");
10723 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10724 Qsuper
= intern_c_string ("super");
10725 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10727 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", Vx_alt_keysym
,
10728 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10729 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10730 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10731 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10732 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10734 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10735 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10736 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10737 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10738 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10739 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10741 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", Vx_meta_keysym
,
10742 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10743 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10744 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10745 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10746 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10748 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", Vx_super_keysym
,
10749 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10750 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10751 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10752 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10753 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10755 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", Vx_keysym_table
,
10756 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10757 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (hashtest_eql
, make_number (900),
10758 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10759 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10763 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */